kernel/linux
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/ synced 2026-11-13 07:31:07 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Packages Activity
linux/net/core/rtnetlink.c

2437 lines
58 KiB
Raw Normal View History

Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
[IPv4]: Move interface address bits to linux/if_addr.h Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:04:54 -07:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Protocol Independant Policy Routing Rules Framework Derived from net/ipv/fib_rules.c Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 03:38:38 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
net: move and export get_net_ns_by_pid The function get_net_ns_by_pid(), to get a network namespace from a pid_t, will be required in cfg80211 as well. Therefore, let's move it to net_namespace.c and export it. We can't make it a static inline in the !NETNS case because it needs to verify that the given pid even exists (and return -ESRCH). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-07-10 09:51:35 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: Fix netdev_run_todo dead-lock Benjamin Thery tracked down a bug that explains many instances of the error unregister_netdevice: waiting for %s to become free. Usage count = %d It turns out that netdev_run_todo can dead-lock with itself if a second instance of it is run in a thread that will then free a reference to the device waited on by the first instance. The problem is really quite silly. We were trying to create parallelism where none was required. As netdev_run_todo always follows a RTNL section, and that todo tasks can only be added with the RTNL held, by definition you should only need to wait for the very ones that you've added and be done with it. There is no need for a second mutex or spinlock. This is exactly what the following patch does. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 15:50:03 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[NET]: Convert RTNL to mutex. This patch turns the RTNL from a semaphore to a new 2.6.16 mutex and gets rid of some of the leftover legacy. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 22:23:58 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Fix bogus ASSERT_RTNL warning ASSERT_RTNL uses mutex_trylock to test whether the rtnl_mutex is held. This bogus warnings when running in atomic context, which f.e. happens when adding secondary unicast addresses through macvlan or vlan or when synchronizing multicast addresses from wireless devices. Mid-term we might want to consider moving all address updates to process context since the locking seems overly complicated, for now just fix the bogus warning by changing ASSERT_RTNL to use mutex_is_locked(). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-23 22:10:48 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Fix bogus ASSERT_RTNL warning ASSERT_RTNL uses mutex_trylock to test whether the rtnl_mutex is held. This bogus warnings when running in atomic context, which f.e. happens when adding secondary unicast addresses through macvlan or vlan or when synchronizing multicast addresses from wireless devices. Mid-term we might want to consider moving all address updates to process context since the locking seems overly complicated, for now just fix the bogus warning by changing ASSERT_RTNL to use mutex_is_locked(). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-23 22:10:48 -07:00
net: Add checking to rcu_dereference() primitives Update rcu_dereference() primitives to use new lockdep-based checking. The rcu_dereference() in __in6_dev_get() may be protected either by rcu_read_lock() or RTNL, per Eric Dumazet. The rcu_dereference() in __sk_free() is protected by the fact that it is never reached if an update could change it. Check for this by using rcu_dereference_check() to verify that the struct sock's ->sk_wmem_alloc counter is zero. Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca Cc: josh@joshtriplett.org Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com Cc: niv@us.ibm.com Cc: peterz@infradead.org Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org Cc: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu Cc: dhowells@redhat.com LKML-Reference: <1266887105-1528-5-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2010-02-22 17:04:49 -08:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
net: fib_rules: decouple address families from real address families Decouple the address family values used for fib_rules from the real address families in socket.h. This allows to use fib_rules for code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. Values up to 127 are reserved for real address families and map directly to the corresponding AF value, values starting from 128 are for other uses. rtnetlink is changed to invoke the AF_UNSPEC dumpit/doit handlers for these families. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 05:03:17 +00:00
[RTNL]: Properly return rntl message handler Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 21:41:06 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
[RTNL]: Properly return rntl message handler Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 21:41:06 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
net: fib_rules: decouple address families from real address families Decouple the address family values used for fib_rules from the real address families in socket.h. This allows to use fib_rules for code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. Values up to 127 are reserved for real address families and map directly to the corresponding AF value, values starting from 128 are for other uses. rtnetlink is changed to invoke the AF_UNSPEC dumpit/doit handlers for these families. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-13 05:03:17 +00:00
[RTNL]: Properly return rntl message handler Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 21:41:06 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
[RTNL]: Properly return rntl message handler Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 21:41:06 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
Fix common misspellings Fixes generated by 'codespell' and manually reviewed. Signed-off-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_link_register() sanity test Before adding a struct rtnl_link_ops into link_ops list, check it doesnt clash with a prior one. Based on a previous patch from Alexander Smirnov Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 11:38:00 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_link_register() sanity test Before adding a struct rtnl_link_ops into link_ops list, check it doesnt clash with a prior one. Based on a previous patch from Alexander Smirnov Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-12-13 11:38:00 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link API simplification All drivers need to unregister their devices in the module unload function. While doing so they must hold the rtnl and atomically unregister the rtnl_link ops as well. This makes the rtnl_link_unregister function that takes the rtnl itself completely useless. Provide default newlink/dellink functions, make __rtnl_link_unregister and rtnl_link_unregister unregister all devices with matching rtnl_link_ops and change the existing users to take advantage of that. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:13 -07:00
net: add a list_head parameter to dellink() method Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle them all at once. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-27 07:06:36 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link API simplification All drivers need to unregister their devices in the module unload function. While doing so they must hold the rtnl and atomically unregister the rtnl_link ops as well. This makes the rtnl_link_unregister function that takes the rtnl itself completely useless. Provide default newlink/dellink functions, make __rtnl_link_unregister and rtnl_link_unregister unregister all devices with matching rtnl_link_ops and change the existing users to take advantage of that. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:13 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNL]: Introduce the rtnl_kill_links helper. This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the nearest future. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 00:46:52 -07:00
net: add a list_head parameter to dellink() method Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle them all at once. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-27 07:06:36 +00:00
[RTNL]: Introduce the rtnl_kill_links helper. This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the nearest future. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 00:46:52 -07:00
net: add a list_head parameter to dellink() method Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle them all at once. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-27 07:06:36 +00:00
[RTNL]: Introduce the rtnl_kill_links helper. This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the nearest future. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 00:46:52 -07:00
net: add a list_head parameter to dellink() method Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle them all at once. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-27 07:06:36 +00:00
[RTNL]: Introduce the rtnl_kill_links helper. This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the nearest future. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 00:46:52 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link API simplification All drivers need to unregister their devices in the module unload function. While doing so they must hold the rtnl and atomically unregister the rtnl_link ops as well. This makes the rtnl_link_unregister function that takes the rtnl itself completely useless. Provide default newlink/dellink functions, make __rtnl_link_unregister and rtnl_link_unregister unregister all devices with matching rtnl_link_ops and change the existing users to take advantage of that. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:13 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 11:56:21 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link API simplification All drivers need to unregister their devices in the module unload function. While doing so they must hold the rtnl and atomically unregister the rtnl_link ops as well. This makes the rtnl_link_unregister function that takes the rtnl itself completely useless. Provide default newlink/dellink functions, make __rtnl_link_unregister and rtnl_link_unregister unregister all devices with matching rtnl_link_ops and change the existing users to take advantage of that. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:13 -07:00
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 11:56:21 -07:00
[RTNL]: Introduce the rtnl_kill_links helper. This one is responsible for calling ->dellink on each net device found in net to help with vlan net_exit hook in the nearest future. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-16 00:46:52 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link API simplification All drivers need to unregister their devices in the module unload function. While doing so they must hold the rtnl and atomically unregister the rtnl_link ops as well. This makes the rtnl_link_unregister function that takes the rtnl itself completely useless. Provide default newlink/dellink functions, make __rtnl_link_unregister and rtnl_link_unregister unregister all devices with matching rtnl_link_ops and change the existing users to take advantage of that. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:13 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix message size calculation for link messages nlmsg_total_size() calculates the length of a netlink message including header and alignment. nla_total_size() calculates the space an individual attribute consumes which was meant to be used in this context. Also, ensure to account for the attribute header for the IFLA_INFO_XSTATS attribute as implementations of get_xstats_size() seem to assume that we do so. The addition of two message headers minus the missing attribute header resulted in a calculated message size that was larger than required. Therefore we never risked running out of skb tailroom. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-11 15:47:59 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix message size calculation for link messages nlmsg_total_size() calculates the length of a netlink message including header and alignment. nla_total_size() calculates the space an individual attribute consumes which was meant to be used in this context. Also, ensure to account for the attribute header for the IFLA_INFO_XSTATS attribute as implementations of get_xstats_size() seem to assume that we do so. The addition of two message headers minus the missing attribute header resulted in a calculated message size that was larger than required. Therefore we never risked running out of skb tailroom. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-11 15:47:59 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix message size calculation for link messages nlmsg_total_size() calculates the length of a netlink message including header and alignment. nla_total_size() calculates the space an individual attribute consumes which was meant to be used in this context. Also, ensure to account for the attribute header for the IFLA_INFO_XSTATS attribute as implementations of get_xstats_size() seem to assume that we do so. The addition of two message headers minus the missing attribute header resulted in a calculated message size that was larger than required. Therefore we never risked running out of skb tailroom. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-11 15:47:59 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK] Cleanup rtnetlink_link tables Converts remaining rtnetlink_link tables to use c99 designated initializers to make greping a little bit easier. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-03 14:29:39 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK] Fix & cleanup rtm_min/rtm_max Converts rtm_min and rtm_max arrays to use c99 designated initializers for easier insertion of new message families. RTM_GETMULTICAST and RTM_GETANYCAST did not have the minimal message size specified which means that the netlink message was parsed for routing attributes starting from the header. Adds the proper minimal message sizes for these messages (netlink header + common rtnetlink header) to fix this issue. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-03 14:29:00 -07:00
[NET]: Protocol Independant Policy Routing Rules Framework Derived from net/ipv/fib_rules.c Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 03:38:38 -07:00
[RTNETLINK] Fix & cleanup rtm_min/rtm_max Converts rtm_min and rtm_max arrays to use c99 designated initializers for easier insertion of new message families. RTM_GETMULTICAST and RTM_GETANYCAST did not have the minimal message size specified which means that the netlink message was parsed for routing attributes starting from the header. Adds the proper minimal message sizes for these messages (netlink header + common rtnetlink header) to fix this issue. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-03 14:29:00 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK] Cleanup rtnetlink_link tables Converts remaining rtnetlink_link tables to use c99 designated initializers to make greping a little bit easier. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-03 14:29:39 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK] Fix & cleanup rtm_min/rtm_max Converts rtm_min and rtm_max arrays to use c99 designated initializers for easier insertion of new message families. RTM_GETMULTICAST and RTM_GETANYCAST did not have the minimal message size specified which means that the netlink message was parsed for routing attributes starting from the header. Adds the proper minimal message sizes for these messages (netlink header + common rtnetlink header) to fix this issue. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-03 14:29:00 -07:00
[NET]: Protocol Independant Policy Routing Rules Framework Derived from net/ipv/fib_rules.c Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 03:38:38 -07:00
[RTNETLINK] Fix & cleanup rtm_min/rtm_max Converts rtm_min and rtm_max arrays to use c99 designated initializers for easier insertion of new message families. RTM_GETMULTICAST and RTM_GETANYCAST did not have the minimal message size specified which means that the netlink message was parsed for routing attributes starting from the header. Adds the proper minimal message sizes for these messages (netlink header + common rtnetlink header) to fix this issue. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-05-03 14:29:00 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: cleanup unsigned to unsigned int Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 05:58:06 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Convert netlink users to use group numbers instead of bitmasks Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2005-08-14 19:29:52 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Use rtnl_unicast() for rtnetlink unicasts Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:30:25 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Use rtnl_unicast() for rtnetlink unicasts Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:30:25 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Use rtnl_unicast() for rtnetlink unicasts Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:30:25 -07:00
netlink: change nlmsg_notify() return value logic This patch changes the return value of nlmsg_notify() as follows: If NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR is set by any of the listeners and an error in the delivery happened, return the broadcast error; else if there are no listeners apart from the socket that requested a change with the echo flag, return the result of the unicast notification. Thus, with this patch, the unicast notification is handled in the same way of a broadcast listener that has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket flag. This patch is useful in case that the caller of nlmsg_notify() wants to know the result of the delivery of a netlink notification (including the broadcast delivery) and take any action in case that the delivery failed. For example, ctnetlink can drop packets if the event delivery failed to provide reliable logging and state-synchronization at the cost of dropping packets. This patch also modifies the rtnetlink code to ignore the return value of rtnl_notify() in all callers. The function rtnl_notify() (before this patch) returned the error of the unicast notification which makes rtnl_set_sk_err() reports errors to all listeners. This is not of any help since the origin of the change (the socket that requested the echoing) notices the ENOBUFS error if the notification fails and should resync itself. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-24 23:18:28 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
netlink: change nlmsg_notify() return value logic This patch changes the return value of nlmsg_notify() as follows: If NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR is set by any of the listeners and an error in the delivery happened, return the broadcast error; else if there are no listeners apart from the socket that requested a change with the echo flag, return the result of the unicast notification. Thus, with this patch, the unicast notification is handled in the same way of a broadcast listener that has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket flag. This patch is useful in case that the caller of nlmsg_notify() wants to know the result of the delivery of a netlink notification (including the broadcast delivery) and take any action in case that the delivery failed. For example, ctnetlink can drop packets if the event delivery failed to provide reliable logging and state-synchronization at the cost of dropping packets. This patch also modifies the rtnetlink code to ignore the return value of rtnl_notify() in all callers. The function rtnl_notify() (before this patch) returned the error of the unicast notification which makes rtnl_set_sk_err() reports errors to all listeners. This is not of any help since the origin of the change (the socket that requested the echoing) notices the ENOBUFS error if the notification fails and should resync itself. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-24 23:18:28 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnetlink notification interface Adds rtnl_notify() to send rtnetlink notification messages and rtnl_set_sk_err() to report notification errors as socket errors in order to indicate the need of a resync due to loss of events. nlmsg_report() is added to properly document the meaning of NLM_F_ECHO. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:31:41 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[IPv6] route: Convert FIB6 dumping to use new netlink api Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-22 00:01:27 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[IPv6] route: Convert FIB6 dumping to use new netlink api Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-22 00:01:27 -07:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
[IPv6] route: Convert FIB6 dumping to use new netlink api Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-22 00:01:27 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Don't return error on no-metrics. Instead just cancel the nested attribute and return 0. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-22 22:20:14 -07:00
[IPv6] route: Convert FIB6 dumping to use new netlink api Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-22 00:01:27 -07:00
netlink: Improve returned error codes Make nlmsg_trim(), nlmsg_cancel(), genlmsg_cancel(), and nla_nest_cancel() void functions. Return -EMSGSIZE instead of -1 if the provided message buffer is not big enough. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-06-03 16:36:54 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnl_put_cacheinfo() to unify some code IPv4, IPv6, and DECNet all use struct rta_cacheinfo in a similiar way, therefore rtnl_put_cacheinfo() is added to reuse code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-27 09:27:07 -08:00
rtnetlink: Remove ts/tsage args to rtnl_put_cacheinfo(). Nobody provides non-zero values any longer. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-10 05:06:14 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnl_put_cacheinfo() to unify some code IPv4, IPv6, and DECNet all use struct rta_cacheinfo in a similiar way, therefore rtnl_put_cacheinfo() is added to reuse code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-27 09:27:07 -08:00
time: jiffies_delta_to_clock_t() helper to the rescue Various /proc/net files sometimes report crazy timer values, expressed in clock_t units. This happens when an expired timer delta (expires - jiffies) is passed to jiffies_to_clock_t(). This function has an overflow in : return div_u64((u64)x * TICK_NSEC, NSEC_PER_SEC / USER_HZ); commit cbbc719fccdb8cb (time: Change jiffies_to_clock_t() argument type to unsigned long) only got around the problem. As we cant output negative values in /proc/net/tcp without breaking various tools, I suggest adding a jiffies_delta_to_clock_t() wrapper that caps the negative delta to a 0 value. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: hank <pyu@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-08-08 21:13:53 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnl_put_cacheinfo() to unify some code IPv4, IPv6, and DECNet all use struct rta_cacheinfo in a similiar way, therefore rtnl_put_cacheinfo() is added to reuse code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-27 09:27:07 -08:00
ipv6: fix incorrect route 'expires' value passed to userspace When userspace use RTM_GETROUTE to dump route table, with an already expired route entry, we always got an 'expires' value(2147157) calculated base on INT_MAX. The reason of this problem is in the following satement: rt->dst.expires - jiffies < INT_MAX gcc promoted the type of both sides of '<' to unsigned long, thus a small negative value would be considered greater than INT_MAX. With the help of Eric Dumazet, do the out of bound checks in rtnl_put_cacheinfo(), _after_ conversion to clock_t. Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-29 16:01:30 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnl_put_cacheinfo() to unify some code IPv4, IPv6, and DECNet all use struct rta_cacheinfo in a similiar way, therefore rtnl_put_cacheinfo() is added to reuse code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-27 09:27:07 -08:00
ipv6: fix incorrect route 'expires' value passed to userspace When userspace use RTM_GETROUTE to dump route table, with an already expired route entry, we always got an 'expires' value(2147157) calculated base on INT_MAX. The reason of this problem is in the following satement: rt->dst.expires - jiffies < INT_MAX gcc promoted the type of both sides of '<' to unsigned long, thus a small negative value would be considered greater than INT_MAX. With the help of Eric Dumazet, do the out of bound checks in rtnl_put_cacheinfo(), _after_ conversion to clock_t. Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-29 16:01:30 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Add rtnl_put_cacheinfo() to unify some code IPv4, IPv6, and DECNet all use struct rta_cacheinfo in a similiar way, therefore rtnl_put_cacheinfo() is added to reuse code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-27 09:27:07 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
Revert "[RTNETLINK]: Send a single notification on device state changes." This reverts commit 45b503548210fe6f23e92b856421c2a3f05fd034. It break locking around dev->link_mode as well as cause other bootup problems. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-17 18:35:07 -08:00
[NET] core: add RFC2863 operstate this patch adds a dormant flag to network devices, RFC2863 operstate derived from these flags and possibility for userspace interaction. It allows drivers to signal that a device is unusable for user traffic without disabling queueing (and therefore the possibility for protocol establishment traffic to flow) and a userspace supplicant (WPA, 802.1X) to mark a device unusable without changes to the driver. It is the result of our long discussion. However I must admit that it represents what Jamal and I agreed on with compromises towards Krzysztof, but Thomas and Krzysztof still disagree with some parts. Anyway I think it should be applied. Signed-off-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 17:09:11 -08:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[NET] core: add RFC2863 operstate this patch adds a dormant flag to network devices, RFC2863 operstate derived from these flags and possibility for userspace interaction. It allows drivers to signal that a device is unusable for user traffic without disabling queueing (and therefore the possibility for protocol establishment traffic to flow) and a userspace supplicant (WPA, 802.1X) to mark a device unusable without changes to the driver. It is the result of our long discussion. However I must admit that it represents what Jamal and I agreed on with compromises towards Krzysztof, but Thomas and Krzysztof still disagree with some parts. Anyway I think it should be applied. Signed-off-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 17:09:11 -08:00
[NET]: cleanup extra semicolons Spring cleaning time... There seems to be a lot of places in the network code that have extra bogus semicolons after conditionals. Most commonly is a bogus semicolon after: switch() { } Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-04-20 17:09:22 -07:00
[NET] core: add RFC2863 operstate this patch adds a dormant flag to network devices, RFC2863 operstate derived from these flags and possibility for userspace interaction. It allows drivers to signal that a device is unusable for user traffic without disabling queueing (and therefore the possibility for protocol establishment traffic to flow) and a userspace supplicant (WPA, 802.1X) to mark a device unusable without changes to the driver. It is the result of our long discussion. However I must admit that it represents what Jamal and I agreed on with compromises towards Krzysztof, but Thomas and Krzysztof still disagree with some parts. Anyway I think it should be applied. Signed-off-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 17:09:11 -08:00
Revert "[RTNETLINK]: Send a single notification on device state changes." This reverts commit 45b503548210fe6f23e92b856421c2a3f05fd034. It break locking around dev->link_mode as well as cause other bootup problems. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-17 18:35:07 -08:00
[NET] core: add RFC2863 operstate this patch adds a dormant flag to network devices, RFC2863 operstate derived from these flags and possibility for userspace interaction. It allows drivers to signal that a device is unusable for user traffic without disabling queueing (and therefore the possibility for protocol establishment traffic to flow) and a userspace supplicant (WPA, 802.1X) to mark a device unusable without changes to the driver. It is the result of our long discussion. However I must admit that it represents what Jamal and I agreed on with compromises towards Krzysztof, but Thomas and Krzysztof still disagree with some parts. Anyway I think it should be applied. Signed-off-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-20 17:09:11 -08:00
net: fix rtnetlink IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI handling When device flags are set using rtnetlink, IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI flags are handled specially. Function dev_change_flags sets IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI bits in dev->gflags according to the passed value but do_setlink passes a result of rtnl_dev_combine_flags which takes those bits from dev->flags. This can be easily trigerred by doing: tcpdump -i eth0 & ip l s up eth0 ip sets IFF_UP flag in ifi_flags and ifi_change, which is combined with IFF_PROMISC by rtnl_dev_combine_flags, causing __dev_change_flags to set IFF_PROMISC in gflags. Reported-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-27 02:58:22 +00:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
net: fix rtnetlink IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI handling When device flags are set using rtnetlink, IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI flags are handled specially. Function dev_change_flags sets IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI bits in dev->gflags according to the passed value but do_setlink passes a result of rtnl_dev_combine_flags which takes those bits from dev->flags. This can be easily trigerred by doing: tcpdump -i eth0 & ip l s up eth0 ip sets IFF_UP flag in ifi_flags and ifi_change, which is combined with IFF_PROMISC by rtnl_dev_combine_flags, causing __dev_change_flags to set IFF_PROMISC in gflags. Reported-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-27 02:58:22 +00:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
net: Enable 64-bit net device statistics on 32-bit architectures Use struct rtnl_link_stats64 as the statistics structure. On 32-bit architectures, insert 32 bits of padding after/before each field of struct net_device_stats to make its layout compatible with struct rtnl_link_stats64. Add an anonymous union in net_device; move stats into the union and add struct rtnl_link_stats64 stats64. Add net_device_ops::ndo_get_stats64, implementations of which will return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Drivers that implement this operation must not update the structure asynchronously. Change dev_get_stats() to call ndo_get_stats64 if available, and to return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Change callers of dev_get_stats() accordingly. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-08 07:19:54 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
net: core: add IFLA_STATS64 support `ip -s link` shows interface counters truncated to 32 bit. This is because interface statistics are transported only in 32-bit quantity to userspace. This commit adds a new IFLA_STATS64 attribute that exports them in full 64 bit. References: http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0307.3/0215.html Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-11 09:57:29 +00:00
net: Enable 64-bit net device statistics on 32-bit architectures Use struct rtnl_link_stats64 as the statistics structure. On 32-bit architectures, insert 32 bits of padding after/before each field of struct net_device_stats to make its layout compatible with struct rtnl_link_stats64. Add an anonymous union in net_device; move stats into the union and add struct rtnl_link_stats64 stats64. Add net_device_ops::ndo_get_stats64, implementations of which will return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Drivers that implement this operation must not update the structure asynchronously. Change dev_get_stats() to call ndo_get_stats64 if available, and to return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Change callers of dev_get_stats() accordingly. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-08 07:19:54 +00:00
net: core: add IFLA_STATS64 support `ip -s link` shows interface counters truncated to 32 bit. This is because interface statistics are transported only in 32-bit quantity to userspace. This commit adds a new IFLA_STATS64 attribute that exports them in full 64 bit. References: http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0307.3/0215.html Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-11 09:57:29 +00:00
net: copy_rtnl_link_stats64() simplification No need to use a temporary struct rtnl_link_stats64 variable, just copy the source to skb buffer. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-08-23 07:14:36 +00:00
net: core: add IFLA_STATS64 support `ip -s link` shows interface counters truncated to 32 bit. This is because interface statistics are transported only in 32-bit quantity to userspace. This commit adds a new IFLA_STATS64 attribute that exports them in full 64 bit. References: http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0307.3/0215.html Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-11 09:57:29 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
netlink: bug fix: wrong size was calculated for vfinfo list blob The wrong size was being calculated for vfinfo. In one case, it was over- calculating using nlmsg_total_size on attrs, in another case, it was under-calculating by assuming ifla_vf_* structs are packed together, but each struct is it's own attr w/ hdr (and padding). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-28 03:42:43 -07:00
if_link: Add additional parameter to IFLA_VF_INFO for spoof checking Add configuration setting for drivers to turn spoof checking on or off for discrete VFs. v2 - Fix indentation problem, wrap the ifla_vf_info structure in #ifdef __KERNEL__ to prevent user space from accessing and change function paramater for the spoof check setting netdev op from u8 to bool. v3 - Preset spoof check setting to -1 so that user space tools such as ip can detect that the driver didn't report a spoofcheck setting. Prevents incorrect display of spoof check settings for drivers that don't report it. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-10-08 03:05:24 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[NETLINK]: Do precise netlink message allocations where possible Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new() instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly. Replaces error handling of message construction functions when constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies a bug in calculating the size of the skb. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-10 14:10:15 -08:00
net: network device name ifalias support This patch add support for keeping an additional character alias associated with an network interface. This is useful for maintaining the SNMP ifAlias value which is a user defined value. Routers use this to hold information like which circuit or line it is connected to. It is just an arbitrary text label on the network device. There are two exposed interfaces with this patch, the value can be read/written either via netlink or sysfs. This could be maintained just by the snmp daemon, but it is more generally useful for other management tools, and the kernel is good place to act as an agreed upon interface to store it. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-09-22 21:28:11 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Do precise netlink message allocations where possible Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new() instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly. Replaces error handling of message construction functions when constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies a bug in calculating the size of the skb. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-10 14:10:15 -08:00
net: increase preallocated size of nlmsg to accomodate for IFLA_STATS64 When more data is stuffed into an nlmsg than initially projected, an extra allocation needs to be done. Reserve enough for IFLA_STATS64 so that this does not to needlessy happen. Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-27 17:15:29 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Do precise netlink message allocations where possible Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new() instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly. Replaces error handling of message construction functions when constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies a bug in calculating the size of the skb. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-10 14:10:15 -08:00
net: Report dev->promiscuity in netlink reports. The standard ways of probing a device's promiscuity (ifi_flags, for instance) does not report the actual state of the device. This patch adds dev->promiscuity to the netlink netdevice report so that users can know for certain if the device is acting PROMISC or not. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-03-29 12:51:30 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation This patch introduces IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES by which userspace can set number of rx and/or tx queues to be allocated for newly created netdevice. This overrides ops->get_num_[tr]x_queues() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:48 +00:00
[NETLINK]: Do precise netlink message allocations where possible Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new() instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly. Replaces error handling of message construction functions when constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies a bug in calculating the size of the skb. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-10 14:10:15 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
[NETLINK]: Do precise netlink message allocations where possible Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new() instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly. Replaces error handling of message construction functions when constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies a bug in calculating the size of the skb. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-10 14:10:15 -08:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump Noticed by Patrick McHardy: was continuing to fill skb after a nla_put_failure, ignoring the size calculated by upper layer. Now, return -EMSGSIZE on any overruns, but also allow netdev to fail ndo_get_vf_port with error other than -EMSGSIZE, thus unwinding nest. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-28 03:42:18 -07:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump Noticed by Patrick McHardy: was continuing to fill skb after a nla_put_failure, ignoring the size calculated by upper layer. Now, return -EMSGSIZE on any overruns, but also allow netdev to fail ndo_get_vf_port with error other than -EMSGSIZE, thus unwinding nest. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-28 03:42:18 -07:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump Noticed by Patrick McHardy: was continuing to fill skb after a nla_put_failure, ignoring the size calculated by upper layer. Now, return -EMSGSIZE on any overruns, but also allow netdev to fail ndo_get_vf_port with error other than -EMSGSIZE, thus unwinding nest. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-28 03:42:18 -07:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump Noticed by Patrick McHardy: was continuing to fill skb after a nla_put_failure, ignoring the size calculated by upper layer. Now, return -EMSGSIZE on any overruns, but also allow netdev to fail ndo_get_vf_port with error other than -EMSGSIZE, thus unwinding nest. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-28 03:42:18 -07:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Remove remains of wireless extensions over rtnetlink Remove some unused variables and function arguments related to the recently removed wireless extensions over rtnetlink. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-05-22 17:00:49 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
net: fix 64 bit counters on 32 bit arches There is a small possibility that a reader gets incorrect values on 32 bit arches. SNMP applications could catch incorrect counters when a 32bit high part is changed by another stats consumer/provider. One way to solve this is to add a rtnl_link_stats64 param to all ndo_get_stats64() methods, and also add such a parameter to dev_get_stats(). Rule is that we are not allowed to use dev->stats64 as a temporary storage for 64bit stats, but a caller provided area (usually on stack) Old drivers (only providing get_stats() method) need no changes. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-07 14:58:56 -07:00
net: Enable 64-bit net device statistics on 32-bit architectures Use struct rtnl_link_stats64 as the statistics structure. On 32-bit architectures, insert 32 bits of padding after/before each field of struct net_device_stats to make its layout compatible with struct rtnl_link_stats64. Add an anonymous union in net_device; move stats into the union and add struct rtnl_link_stats64 stats64. Add net_device_ops::ndo_get_stats64, implementations of which will return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Drivers that implement this operation must not update the structure asynchronously. Change dev_get_stats() to call ndo_get_stats64 if available, and to return a pointer to struct rtnl_link_stats64. Change callers of dev_get_stats() accordingly. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-08 07:19:54 +00:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks Commit e67f88dd12f6 (dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks) missed fact that rtnl_fill_ifinfo() must be called with rtnl held. Because of possible deadlocks between two mutexes (cb_mutex and rtnl), its not easy to solve this problem, so revert this part of the patch. It also forgot one rcu_read_unlock() in FIB dump_rules() Add one ASSERT_RTNL() in rtnl_fill_ifinfo() to remind us the rule. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-25 07:34:04 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Don't BUG on undersized allocations Currently netlink users BUG when the allocated skb for an event notification is undersized. While this is certainly a kernel bug, its not critical and crashing the kernel is too drastic, especially when considering that these errors have appeared multiple times in the past and it BUGs even if no listeners are present. This patch replaces BUG by WARN_ON and changes the notification functions to inform potential listeners of undersized allocations using a unique error code (EMSGSIZE). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-01-31 23:16:40 -08:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
net: Report dev->promiscuity in netlink reports. The standard ways of probing a device's promiscuity (ifi_flags, for instance) does not report the actual state of the device. This patch adds dev->promiscuity to the netlink netdevice report so that users can know for certain if the device is acting PROMISC or not. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-03-29 12:51:30 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation This patch introduces IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES by which userspace can set number of rx and/or tx queues to be allocated for newly created netdevice. This overrides ops->get_num_[tr]x_queues() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:48 +00:00
rtnl: Add #ifdef CONFIG_RPS around num_rx_queues reference Commit 76ff5cc91935c51fcf1a6a99ffa28b97a6e7a884 (rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation) added a reference to the net_device structure's 'num_rx_queues' member in net/core/rtnetlink.c:rtnl_fill_ifinfo() However, the definition for 'num_rx_queues' is surrounded by an '#ifdef CONFIG_RPS' while the new reference to it is not. This causes a compile error when CONFIG_RPS is not defined. Fix the compile error by surrounding the new reference to 'num_rx_queues' by an '#ifdef CONFIG_RPS'. CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 13:35:13 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation This patch introduces IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES by which userspace can set number of rx and/or tx queues to be allocated for newly created netdevice. This overrides ops->get_num_[tr]x_queues() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:48 +00:00
rtnl: Add #ifdef CONFIG_RPS around num_rx_queues reference Commit 76ff5cc91935c51fcf1a6a99ffa28b97a6e7a884 (rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation) added a reference to the net_device structure's 'num_rx_queues' member in net/core/rtnetlink.c:rtnl_fill_ifinfo() However, the definition for 'num_rx_queues' is surrounded by an '#ifdef CONFIG_RPS' while the new reference to it is not. This causes a compile error when CONFIG_RPS is not defined. Fix the compile error by surrounding the new reference to 'num_rx_queues' by an '#ifdef CONFIG_RPS'. CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 13:35:13 +00:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
net: network device name ifalias support This patch add support for keeping an additional character alias associated with an network interface. This is useful for maintaining the SNMP ifAlias value which is a user defined value. Routers use this to hold information like which circuit or line it is connected to. It is just an arbitrary text label on the network device. There are two exposed interfaces with this patch, the value can be read/written either via netlink or sysfs. This could be maintained just by the snmp daemon, but it is more generally useful for other management tools, and the kernel is good place to act as an agreed upon interface to store it. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-09-22 21:28:11 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: The dev->get_stats pointer is not NULL nowadays. And so does the pointer is returns, but sysfs and netlinks still check for both cases. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-05-21 14:12:46 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: fix 64 bit counters on 32 bit arches There is a small possibility that a reader gets incorrect values on 32 bit arches. SNMP applications could catch incorrect counters when a 32bit high part is changed by another stats consumer/provider. One way to solve this is to add a rtnl_link_stats64 param to all ndo_get_stats64() methods, and also add such a parameter to dev_get_stats(). Rule is that we are not allowed to use dev->stats64 as a temporary storage for 64bit stats, but a caller provided area (usually on stack) Old drivers (only providing get_stats() method) need no changes. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-07 14:58:56 -07:00
net: The dev->get_stats pointer is not NULL nowadays. And so does the pointer is returns, but sysfs and netlinks still check for both cases. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-05-21 14:12:46 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: core: add IFLA_STATS64 support `ip -s link` shows interface counters truncated to 32 bit. This is because interface statistics are transported only in 32-bit quantity to userspace. This commit adds a new IFLA_STATS64 attribute that exports them in full 64 bit. References: http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0307.3/0215.html Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-11 09:57:29 +00:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
if_link: Add additional parameter to IFLA_VF_INFO for spoof checking Add configuration setting for drivers to turn spoof checking on or off for discrete VFs. v2 - Fix indentation problem, wrap the ifla_vf_info structure in #ifdef __KERNEL__ to prevent user space from accessing and change function paramater for the spoof check setting netdev op from u8 to bool. v3 - Preset spoof check setting to -1 so that user space tools such as ip can detect that the driver didn't report a spoofcheck setting. Prevents incorrect display of spoof check settings for drivers that don't report it. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-10-08 03:05:24 +00:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
if_link: Add additional parameter to IFLA_VF_INFO for spoof checking Add configuration setting for drivers to turn spoof checking on or off for discrete VFs. v2 - Fix indentation problem, wrap the ifla_vf_info structure in #ifdef __KERNEL__ to prevent user space from accessing and change function paramater for the spoof check setting netdev op from u8 to bool. v3 - Preset spoof check setting to -1 so that user space tools such as ip can detect that the driver didn't report a spoofcheck setting. Prevents incorrect display of spoof check settings for drivers that don't report it. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-10-08 03:05:24 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
if_link: Add additional parameter to IFLA_VF_INFO for spoof checking Add configuration setting for drivers to turn spoof checking on or off for discrete VFs. v2 - Fix indentation problem, wrap the ifla_vf_info structure in #ifdef __KERNEL__ to prevent user space from accessing and change function paramater for the spoof check setting netdev op from u8 to bool. v3 - Preset spoof check setting to -1 so that user space tools such as ip can detect that the driver didn't report a spoofcheck setting. Prevents incorrect display of spoof check settings for drivers that don't report it. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-10-08 03:05:24 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Stop using NLA_PUT*(). These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error prone and make code hard to audit. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 20:12:00 -04:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Don't BUG on undersized allocations Currently netlink users BUG when the allocated skb for an event notification is undersized. While this is certainly a kernel bug, its not critical and crashing the kernel is too drastic, especially when considering that these errors have appeared multiple times in the past and it BUGs even if no listeners are present. This patch replaces BUG by WARN_ON and changes the notification functions to inform potential listeners of undersized allocations using a unique error code (EMSGSIZE). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-01-31 23:16:40 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit sock->sk_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set() and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-26 02:26:21 +09:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
net: dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks. I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations. This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow on a workload adding/removing network devices in background. All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does roughly a revert of commits : 1c2d670f366 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks 6313c1e0992 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed. It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu() Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-27 22:56:07 +00:00
rtnl: provide link dump consistency info This patch adds a change sequence counter to each net namespace which is bumped whenever a netdevice is added or removed from the list. If such a change occurred while a link dump took place, the dump will have the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set in the first message which has been interrupted and in all subsequent messages of the same dump. Note that links may still be modified or renamed while a dump is taking place but we can guarantee for userspace to receive a complete list of links and not miss any. Testing: I have added 500 VLAN netdevices to make sure the dump is split over multiple messages. Then while continuously dumping links in one process I also continuously deleted and re-added a dummy netdevice in another process. Multiple dumps per seconds have had the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set. I guess we can wait for Johannes patch to hit net-next via the wireless tree. I just wanted to give this some testing right away. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-06-21 03:11:20 +00:00
rtnetlink: fix rtnl_calcit() and rtnl_dump_ifinfo() nlmsg_parse() might return an error, so test its return value before potential random memory accesses. Errors introduced in commit 115c9b81928 (rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-03-04 12:32:10 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: fix rtnl_calcit() and rtnl_dump_ifinfo() nlmsg_parse() might return an error, so test its return value before potential random memory accesses. Errors introduced in commit 115c9b81928 (rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-03-04 12:32:10 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
net: dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks. I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations. This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow on a workload adding/removing network devices in background. All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does roughly a revert of commits : 1c2d670f366 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks 6313c1e0992 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed. It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu() Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-27 22:56:07 +00:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-07 20:12:54 +00:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
rtnl: provide link dump consistency info This patch adds a change sequence counter to each net namespace which is bumped whenever a netdevice is added or removed from the list. If such a change occurred while a link dump took place, the dump will have the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set in the first message which has been interrupted and in all subsequent messages of the same dump. Note that links may still be modified or renamed while a dump is taking place but we can guarantee for userspace to receive a complete list of links and not miss any. Testing: I have added 500 VLAN netdevices to make sure the dump is split over multiple messages. Then while continuously dumping links in one process I also continuously deleted and re-added a dummy netdevice in another process. Multiple dumps per seconds have had the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set. I guess we can wait for Johannes patch to hit net-next via the wireless tree. I just wanted to give this some testing right away. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-06-21 03:11:20 +00:00
[NET]: Rework dev_base via list_head (v3) Cleanup of dev_base list use, with the aim to simplify making device list per-namespace. In almost every occasion, use of dev_base variable and dev->next pointer could be easily replaced by for_each_netdev loop. A few most complicated places were converted to using first_netdev()/next_netdev(). Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Kirill Korotaev <dev@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-05-03 15:13:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
net: dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks. I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations. This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow on a workload adding/removing network devices in background. All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does roughly a revert of commits : 1c2d670f366 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks 6313c1e0992 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed. It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu() Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-27 22:56:07 +00:00
rtnetlink: speedup rtnl_dump_ifinfo() When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo() is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity. Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists of the dev_index hash table. This considerably speedups "ip link" operations Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-24 06:13:17 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Make use of NLA_STRING/NLA_NUL_STRING attribute validation Converts existing NLA_STRING attributes to use the new validation features, saving a couple of temporary buffers. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-26 20:13:18 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Make use of NLA_STRING/NLA_NUL_STRING attribute validation Converts existing NLA_STRING attributes to use the new validation features, saving a couple of temporary buffers. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-26 20:13:18 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
[RTNL]: Add missing link netlink attribute policy definitions IFLA_LINK is no longer a write-only attribute on the kernel side and must thus be validated. Same goes for the newly introduced IFLA_LINKINFO. Fixes undefined behaviour if either of the attributes are not well formed. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-19 16:12:08 -08:00
rtnetlink: implement setting of master device This patch allows userspace to enslave/release slave devices via netlink interface using IFLA_MASTER. This introduces generic way to add/remove underling devices. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-13 10:15:37 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
[RTNL]: Add missing link netlink attribute policy definitions IFLA_LINK is no longer a write-only attribute on the kernel side and must thus be validated. Same goes for the newly introduced IFLA_LINKINFO. Fixes undefined behaviour if either of the attributes are not well formed. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-19 16:12:08 -08:00
[NET]: netlink support for moving devices between network namespaces. The simplest thing to implement is moving network devices between namespaces. However with the same attribute IFLA_NET_NS_PID we can easily implement creating devices in the destination network namespace as well. However that is a little bit trickier so this patch sticks to what is simple and easy. A pid is used to identify a process that happens to be a member of the network namespace we want to move the network device to. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-12 13:57:04 +02:00
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk about. Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2011-05-04 17:51:50 -07:00
net: network device name ifalias support This patch add support for keeping an additional character alias associated with an network interface. This is useful for maintaining the SNMP ifAlias value which is a user defined value. Routers use this to hold information like which circuit or line it is connected to. It is just an arbitrary text label on the network device. There are two exposed interfaces with this patch, the value can be read/written either via netlink or sysfs. This could be maintained just by the snmp daemon, but it is more generally useful for other management tools, and the kernel is good place to act as an agreed upon interface to store it. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-09-22 21:28:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
net: Report dev->promiscuity in netlink reports. The standard ways of probing a device's promiscuity (ifi_flags, for instance) does not report the actual state of the device. This patch adds dev->promiscuity to the netlink netdevice report so that users can know for certain if the device is acting PROMISC or not. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-03-29 12:51:30 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation This patch introduces IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES by which userspace can set number of rx and/or tx queues to be allocated for newly created netdevice. This overrides ops->get_num_[tr]x_queues() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:48 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix VF IFLA policy Add VF spoof check to IFLA policy. The original patch I submitted to add the spoof checking feature to rtnl failed to add the proper policy rule that identifies the data type and len. This patch corrects that oversight. No bugs have been reported against this but it may cause some problem for the netlink message parsing that uses the policy table. CC: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2012-02-08 00:45:00 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk about. Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2011-05-04 17:51:50 -07:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[RTNL]: Validate hardware and broadcast address attribute for RTM_NEWLINK RTM_NEWLINK allows for already existing links to be modified. For this purpose do_setlink() is called which expects address attributes with a payload length of at least dev->addr_len. This patch adds the necessary validation for the RTM_NEWLINK case. The address length for links to be created is not checked for now as the actual attribute length is used when copying the address to the netdevice structure. It might make sense to report an error if less than addr_len bytes are provided but enforcing this might break drivers trying to be smart with not transmitting all zero addresses. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-23 19:54:36 -08:00
rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already leaving the link behind in a undefined state. This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to commit the changes later. This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the validation function method will not be able to detect all error scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex and thus may change between validation and setting. Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and config blocks for address families which did not register a set function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without notifying the user. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-22 01:31:54 +00:00
net: fix validate_link_af in rtnetlink core I'm testing an API that uses IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute. In the rtnetlink core , the set_link_af() member of the rtnl_af_ops struct receives the nested attribute (as I expected), but the validate_link_af() member receives the parent attribute. IMO, this patch fixes this. Signed-off-by: Kurt Van Dijck <kurt.van.dijck@eia.be> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-26 04:55:24 +00:00
rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already leaving the link behind in a undefined state. This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to commit the changes later. This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the validation function method will not be able to detect all error scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex and thus may change between validation and setting. Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and config blocks for address families which did not register a set function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without notifying the user. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-22 01:31:54 +00:00
[RTNL]: Validate hardware and broadcast address attribute for RTM_NEWLINK RTM_NEWLINK allows for already existing links to be modified. For this purpose do_setlink() is called which expects address attributes with a payload length of at least dev->addr_len. This patch adds the necessary validation for the RTM_NEWLINK case. The address length for links to be created is not checked for now as the actual attribute length is used when copying the address to the netdevice structure. It might make sense to report an error if less than addr_len bytes are provided but enforcing this might break drivers trying to be smart with not transmitting all zero addresses. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-23 19:54:36 -08:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
if_link: Add additional parameter to IFLA_VF_INFO for spoof checking Add configuration setting for drivers to turn spoof checking on or off for discrete VFs. v2 - Fix indentation problem, wrap the ifla_vf_info structure in #ifdef __KERNEL__ to prevent user space from accessing and change function paramater for the spoof check setting netdev op from u8 to bool. v3 - Preset spoof check setting to -1 so that user space tools such as ip can detect that the driver didn't report a spoofcheck setting. Prevents incorrect display of spoof check settings for drivers that don't report it. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-10-08 03:05:24 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: implement setting of master device This patch allows userspace to enslave/release slave devices via netlink interface using IFLA_MASTER. This introduces generic way to add/remove underling devices. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-13 10:15:37 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
netdev: network device operations infrastructure This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure. This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once. For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers. After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable. Some function pointers aren't moved: * destructor can't be in net_device_ops because it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded. * neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special consideration * hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-19 21:32:24 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk about. Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
2011-05-04 17:51:50 -07:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[NET]: netlink support for moving devices between network namespaces. The simplest thing to implement is moving network devices between namespaces. However with the same attribute IFLA_NET_NS_PID we can easily implement creating devices in the destination network namespace as well. However that is a little bit trickier so this patch sticks to what is simple and easy. A pid is used to identify a process that happens to be a member of the network namespace we want to move the network device to. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-12 13:57:04 +02:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
netdev: network device operations infrastructure This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure. This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once. For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers. After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable. Some function pointers aren't moved: * destructor can't be in net_device_ops because it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded. * neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special consideration * hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-19 21:32:24 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
netdev: network device operations infrastructure This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure. This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once. For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers. After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable. Some function pointers aren't moved: * destructor can't be in net_device_ops because it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded. * neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special consideration * hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-19 21:32:24 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
netdev: network device operations infrastructure This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure. This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once. For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers. After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable. Some function pointers aren't moved: * destructor can't be in net_device_ops because it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded. * neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special consideration * hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-19 21:32:24 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
netdev: network device operations infrastructure This patch changes the network device internal API to move adminstrative operations out of the network device structure and into a separate structure. This patch involves some hackery to maintain compatablity between the new and old model, so all 300+ drivers don't have to be changed at once. For drivers that aren't converted yet, the netdevice_ops virt function list still resides in the net_device structure. For old protocols, the new net_device_ops are copied out to the old net_device pointers. After the transistion is completed the nag message can be changed to an WARN_ON, and the compatiablity code can be made configurable. Some function pointers aren't moved: * destructor can't be in net_device_ops because it may need to be referenced after the module is unloaded. * neighbor setup is manipulated in a couple of places that need special consideration * hard_start_xmit is in the fast path for transmit. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-19 21:32:24 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net: feed /dev/random with the MAC address when registering a device Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
2012-07-04 21:23:25 -04:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net_device: add support for network device groups Net devices can now be grouped, enabling simpler manipulation from userspace. This patch adds a group field to the net_device structure, as well as rtnetlink support to query and modify it. Signed-off-by: Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@rosedu.org> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-13 23:38:30 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net: network device name ifalias support This patch add support for keeping an additional character alias associated with an network interface. This is useful for maintaining the SNMP ifAlias value which is a user defined value. Routers use this to hold information like which circuit or line it is connected to. It is just an arbitrary text label on the network device. There are two exposed interfaces with this patch, the value can be read/written either via netlink or sysfs. This could be maintained just by the snmp daemon, but it is more generally useful for other management tools, and the kernel is good place to act as an agreed upon interface to store it. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-09-22 21:28:11 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
rtnetlink: propagate error from dev_change_flags in do_setlink() Unlike ifconfig, iproute doesn't report an error when setting an interface up fails: (example: put wireless network mac80211 interface into repeater mode with iwconfig but do not set a peer MAC address, it should fail with -ENOLINK) without patch: # ip link set wlan0 up ; echo $? 0 # with patch: # ip link set wlan0 up ; echo $? RTNETLINK answers: Link has been severed 2 # Propagate the return value from dev_change_flags() to fix this. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-16 23:20:31 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: implement setting of master device This patch allows userspace to enslave/release slave devices via netlink interface using IFLA_MASTER. This introduces generic way to add/remove underling devices. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-02-13 10:15:37 +00:00
Revert "[RTNETLINK]: Send a single notification on device state changes." This reverts commit 45b503548210fe6f23e92b856421c2a3f05fd034. It break locking around dev->link_mode as well as cause other bootup problems. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-17 18:35:07 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
Revert "[RTNETLINK]: Send a single notification on device state changes." This reverts commit 45b503548210fe6f23e92b856421c2a3f05fd034. It break locking around dev->link_mode as well as cause other bootup problems. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-17 18:35:07 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
Revert "[RTNETLINK]: Send a single notification on device state changes." This reverts commit 45b503548210fe6f23e92b856421c2a3f05fd034. It break locking around dev->link_mode as well as cause other bootup problems. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-17 18:35:07 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix error handling in do_setlink() Commit c02db8c6290bb992442fec1407643c94cc414375: Author: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Date: Sun May 16 01:05:45 2010 -0700 Subject: rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric adds broken error handling to do_setlink() in net/core/rtnetlink.c. The problem is the following chunk of code: if (tb[IFLA_VFINFO_LIST]) { struct nlattr *attr; int rem; nla_for_each_nested(attr, tb[IFLA_VFINFO_LIST], rem) { if (nla_type(attr) != IFLA_VF_INFO) ----> goto errout; err = do_setvfinfo(dev, attr); if (err < 0) goto errout; modified = 1; } } which can get to errout without setting err, resulting in the following error: net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function 'do_setlink': net/core/rtnetlink.c:904: warning: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function Change the code to return -EINVAL in this case. Note that this might not be the appropriate error though. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-21 02:25:27 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix error handling in do_setlink() Commit c02db8c6290bb992442fec1407643c94cc414375: Author: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Date: Sun May 16 01:05:45 2010 -0700 Subject: rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric adds broken error handling to do_setlink() in net/core/rtnetlink.c. The problem is the following chunk of code: if (tb[IFLA_VFINFO_LIST]) { struct nlattr *attr; int rem; nla_for_each_nested(attr, tb[IFLA_VFINFO_LIST], rem) { if (nla_type(attr) != IFLA_VF_INFO) ----> goto errout; err = do_setvfinfo(dev, attr); if (err < 0) goto errout; modified = 1; } } which can get to errout without setting err, resulting in the following error: net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function 'do_setlink': net/core/rtnetlink.c:904: warning: 'err' may be used uninitialized in this function Change the code to return -EINVAL in this case. Note that this might not be the appropriate error though. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-21 02:25:27 +00:00
rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric Now we have a set of nested attributes: IFLA_VFINFO_LIST (NESTED) IFLA_VF_INFO (NESTED) IFLA_VF_MAC IFLA_VF_VLAN IFLA_VF_TX_RATE This allows a single set to operate on multiple attributes if desired. Among other things, it means a dump can be replayed to set state. The current interface has yet to be released, so this seems like something to consider for 2.6.34. Signed-off-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-16 01:05:45 -07:00
rtnetlink: Add VF config code to rtnetlink Add code to allow rtnetlink clients to query and set VF information through the PF driver. Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-10 01:44:05 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already leaving the link behind in a undefined state. This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to commit the changes later. This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the validation function method will not be able to detect all error scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex and thus may change between validation and setting. Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and config blocks for address families which did not register a set function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without notifying the user. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-22 01:31:54 +00:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
rtnl: make link af-specific updates atomic As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already leaving the link behind in a undefined state. This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to commit the changes later. This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the validation function method will not be able to detect all error scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex and thus may change between validation and setting. Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and config blocks for address families which did not register a set function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without notifying the user. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-22 01:31:54 +00:00
rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-16 04:30:14 +00:00
net: Add netlink support for virtual port management (was iovnl) Add new netdev ops ndo_{set|get}_vf_port to allow setting of port-profile on a netdev interface. Extends netlink socket RTM_SETLINK/ RTM_GETLINK with two new sub msgs called IFLA_VF_PORTS and IFLA_PORT_SELF (added to end of IFLA_cmd list). These are both nested atrtibutes using this layout: [IFLA_NUM_VF] [IFLA_VF_PORTS] [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... [IFLA_VF_PORT] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... ... [IFLA_PORT_SELF] [IFLA_PORT_*], ... These attributes are design to be set and get symmetrically. VF_PORTS is a list of VF_PORTs, one for each VF, when dealing with an SR-IOV device. PORT_SELF is for the PF of the SR-IOV device, in case it wants to also have a port-profile, or for the case where the VF==PF, like in enic patch 2/2 of this patch set. A port-profile is used to configure/enable the external switch virtual port backing the netdev interface, not to configure the host-facing side of the netdev. A port-profile is an identifier known to the switch. How port- profiles are installed on the switch or how available port-profiles are made know to the host is outside the scope of this patch. There are two types of port-profiles specs in the netlink msg. The first spec is for 802.1Qbg (pre-)standard, VDP protocol. The second spec is for devices that run a similar protocol as VDP but in firmware, thus hiding the protocol details. In either case, the specs have much in common and makes sense to define the netlink msg as the union of the two specs. For example, both specs have a notition of associating/deassociating a port-profile. And both specs require some information from the hypervisor manager, such as client port instance ID. The general flow is the port-profile is applied to a host netdev interface using RTM_SETLINK, the receiver of the RTM_SETLINK msg communicates with the switch, and the switch virtual port backing the host netdev interface is configured/enabled based on the settings defined by the port-profile. What those settings comprise, and how those settings are managed is again outside the scope of this patch, since this patch only deals with the first step in the flow. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <scofeldm@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-05-17 22:49:55 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net: Convert net_ratelimit uses to net_<level>_ratelimited Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions. Coalesce formats, align arguments. Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-13 21:56:26 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
net: RTNETLINK adjusting values of min_ifinfo_dump_size Setting link parameters on a netdevice changes the value of if_nlmsg_size(), therefore it is necessary to recalculate min_ifinfo_dump_size. Signed-off-by: Stefan Gula <steweg@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-01-26 11:01:06 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit sock->sk_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set() and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-26 02:26:21 +09:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Split up rtnl_setlink Split up rtnl_setlink into a function performing validation and a function performing the actual changes. This allows to share the modifcation logic with rtnl_newlink, which is introduced by the next patch. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Make use of NLA_STRING/NLA_NUL_STRING attribute validation Converts existing NLA_STRING attributes to use the new validation features, saving a couple of temporary buffers. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-26 20:13:18 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Fix netdevice name corruption When changing a device by ifindex without including a IFLA_IFNAME attribute, the ifname variable contains random garbage and is used to change the device name. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-13 20:35:36 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: ifindex 0 does not exist ifindex == 0 does not exist and implies we should do a lookup by name if one was given. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-05 12:40:01 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link modification to new netlink api Transforms do_setlink() into rtnl_setlink() using the new netlink api. A warning message printed to the console is added in the event that a change request fails while part of the change request has been comitted already. The ioctl() based nature of net devices makes it almost impossible to move on to atomic netlink operations without obsoleting some of the functionality. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-10 21:17:37 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit sock->sk_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set() and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-26 02:26:21 +09:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
net: use batched device unregister in veth and macvlan veth devices dont use the batched device unregisters yet. Since veth are a pair of devices, it makes sense to use a batch of two unregisters, this roughly divides dismantle time by two. Fix this by changing dellink() callers to always provide a non NULL head. (Idea from Michał Mirosław) This patch also handles macvlan case : We now dismantle all macvlans on top of a lower dev at once. Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Michał Mirosław <mirqus@gmail.com> Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-08 23:17:57 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 11:56:21 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 11:56:21 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
net: use batched device unregister in veth and macvlan veth devices dont use the batched device unregisters yet. Since veth are a pair of devices, it makes sense to use a batch of two unregisters, this roughly divides dismantle time by two. Fix this by changing dellink() callers to always provide a non NULL head. (Idea from Michał Mirosław) This patch also handles macvlan case : We now dismantle all macvlans on top of a lower dev at once. Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Michał Mirosław <mirqus@gmail.com> Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-08 23:17:57 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count Also cut out unused function parameters and possible err in return value. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:47 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation This patch introduces IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES by which userspace can set number of rx and/or tx queues to be allocated for newly created netdevice. This overrides ops->get_num_[tr]x_queues() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:48 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count Also cut out unused function parameters and possible err in return value. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:47 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify number of rx and tx queues on device creation This patch introduces IFLA_NUM_TX_QUEUES and IFLA_NUM_RX_QUEUES by which userspace can set number of rx and/or tx queues to be allocated for newly created netdevice. This overrides ops->get_num_[tr]x_queues() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:48 +00:00
rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count Also cut out unused function parameters and possible err in return value. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:47 +00:00
rtnetlink & bonding: change args got get_tx_queues Change get_tx_queues, drop unsused arg/return value real_tx_queues, and use return by value (with error) rather than call by reference. Probably bonding should just change to LLTX and the whole get_tx_queues API could disappear! Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-10 18:34:43 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count Also cut out unused function parameters and possible err in return value. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-20 02:28:47 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
Revert "[RTNETLINK]: Send a single notification on device state changes." This reverts commit 45b503548210fe6f23e92b856421c2a3f05fd034. It break locking around dev->link_mode as well as cause other bootup problems. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-17 18:35:07 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
rtnetlink: fix link attribute validation with IFLA_GROUP rtnl_group_changelink() is invoked by rtnl_newlink() before the link attributes have been validated. Additionally the group changes are performed even if NLM_F_CREATE is specified and a new link is created, while more reasonable semantics would be to set the group value on the newly created link. Fix both problems by moving the rtnl_group_changelink() invocation down to the handling of non-existant links without NLM_F_CREATE() and add a dev_set_group() call to rtnl_create_link(). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Acked-by: Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@rosedu.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-20 03:00:42 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
netlink: support setting devgroup parameters If a rtnetlink request specifies a negative or zero ifindex and has no interface name attribute, but has a group attribute, then the chenges are made to all the interfaces belonging to the specified group. Signed-off-by: Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@rosedu.org> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-13 23:38:31 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit sock->sk_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set() and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-26 02:26:21 +09:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
net: Remove CONFIG_KMOD from net/ (towards removing CONFIG_KMOD entirely) Some code here depends on CONFIG_KMOD to not try to load protocol modules or similar, replace by CONFIG_MODULES where more than just request_module depends on CONFIG_KMOD and and also use try_then_request_module in ebtables. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-16 15:24:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Fix warning for !CONFIG_KMOD replay label is unused otherwise. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-31 14:13:50 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 11:56:21 -07:00
netlink: support setting devgroup parameters If a rtnetlink request specifies a negative or zero ifindex and has no interface name attribute, but has a group attribute, then the chenges are made to all the interfaces belonging to the specified group. Signed-off-by: Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@rosedu.org> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-13 23:38:31 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
[RTNL]: Validate hardware and broadcast address attribute for RTM_NEWLINK RTM_NEWLINK allows for already existing links to be modified. For this purpose do_setlink() is called which expects address attributes with a payload length of at least dev->addr_len. This patch adds the necessary validation for the RTM_NEWLINK case. The address length for links to be created is not checked for now as the actual attribute length is used when copying the address to the netdevice structure. It might make sense to report an error if less than addr_len bytes are provided but enforcing this might break drivers trying to be smart with not transmitting all zero addresses. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-02-23 19:54:36 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: fix link attribute validation with IFLA_GROUP rtnl_group_changelink() is invoked by rtnl_newlink() before the link attributes have been validated. Additionally the group changes are performed even if NLM_F_CREATE is specified and a new link is created, while more reasonable semantics would be to set the group value on the newly created link. Fix both problems by moving the rtnl_group_changelink() invocation down to the handling of non-existant links without NLM_F_CREATE() and add a dev_set_group() call to rtnl_create_link(). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Acked-by: Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@rosedu.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-20 03:00:42 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: fix link attribute validation with IFLA_GROUP rtnl_group_changelink() is invoked by rtnl_newlink() before the link attributes have been validated. Additionally the group changes are performed even if NLM_F_CREATE is specified and a new link is created, while more reasonable semantics would be to set the group value on the newly created link. Fix both problems by moving the rtnl_group_changelink() invocation down to the handling of non-existant links without NLM_F_CREATE() and add a dev_set_group() call to rtnl_create_link(). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Acked-by: Vlad Dogaru <ddvlad@rosedu.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-20 03:00:42 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link: allow specifying initial device address Drivers need to validate the initial addresses in their netlink attribute validation function or manually reject them if they can't support this. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:31 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
net: Remove CONFIG_KMOD from net/ (towards removing CONFIG_KMOD entirely) Some code here depends on CONFIG_KMOD to not try to load protocol modules or similar, replace by CONFIG_MODULES where more than just request_module depends on CONFIG_KMOD and and also use try_then_request_module in ebtables. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-16 15:24:51 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
net: Fix ip link add netns oops Ed Swierk <eswierk@bigswitch.com> writes: > On 2.6.35.7 > ip link add link eth0 netns 9999 type macvlan > where 9999 is a nonexistent PID triggers an oops and causes all network functions to hang: > [10663.821898] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 000000000000006d > [10663.821917] IP: [<ffffffff8149c2fa>] __dev_alloc_name+0x9a/0x170 > [10663.821933] PGD 1d3927067 PUD 22f5c5067 PMD 0 > [10663.821944] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP > [10663.821953] last sysfs file: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_cur_freq > [10663.821959] CPU 3 > [10663.821963] Modules linked in: macvlan ip6table_filter ip6_tables rfcomm ipt_MASQUERADE binfmt_misc iptable_nat nf_nat nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 xt_state nf_conntrack sco ipt_REJECT bnep l2cap xt_tcpudp iptable_filter ip_tables x_tables bridge stp vboxnetadp vboxnetflt vboxdrv kvm_intel kvm parport_pc ppdev snd_hda_codec_intelhdmi snd_hda_codec_conexant arc4 iwlagn iwlcore mac80211 snd_hda_intel snd_hda_codec snd_hwdep snd_pcm snd_seq_midi snd_rawmidi i915 snd_seq_midi_event snd_seq thinkpad_acpi drm_kms_helper btusb tpm_tis nvram uvcvideo snd_timer snd_seq_device bluetooth videodev v4l1_compat v4l2_compat_ioctl32 tpm drm tpm_bios snd cfg80211 psmouse serio_raw intel_ips soundcore snd_page_alloc intel_agp i2c_algo_bit video output netconsole configfs lp parport usbhid hid e1000e sdhci_pci ahci libahci sdhci led_class > [10663.822155] > [10663.822161] Pid: 6000, comm: ip Not tainted 2.6.35-23-generic #41-Ubuntu 2901CTO/2901CTO > [10663.822167] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8149c2fa>] [<ffffffff8149c2fa>] __dev_alloc_name+0x9a/0x170 > [10663.822177] RSP: 0018:ffff88014aebf7b8 EFLAGS: 00010286 > [10663.822182] RAX: 00000000fffffff4 RBX: ffff8801ad900800 RCX: 0000000000000000 > [10663.822187] RDX: ffff880000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff88014ad63000 > [10663.822191] RBP: ffff88014aebf808 R08: 0000000000000041 R09: 0000000000000041 > [10663.822196] R10: 0000000000000000 R11: dead000000200200 R12: ffff88014aebf818 > [10663.822201] R13: fffffffffffffffd R14: ffff88014aebf918 R15: ffff88014ad62000 > [10663.822207] FS: 00007f00c487f700(0000) GS:ffff880001f80000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 > [10663.822212] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 > [10663.822216] CR2: 000000000000006d CR3: 0000000231f19000 CR4: 00000000000026e0 > [10663.822221] DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 > [10663.822226] DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 > [10663.822231] Process ip (pid: 6000, threadinfo ffff88014aebe000, task ffff88014afb16e0) > [10663.822236] Stack: > [10663.822240] ffff88014aebf808 ffffffff814a2bb5 ffff88014aebf7e8 00000000a00ee8d6 > [10663.822251] <0> 0000000000000000 ffffffffa00ef940 ffff8801ad900800 ffff88014aebf818 > [10663.822265] <0> ffff88014aebf918 ffff8801ad900800 ffff88014aebf858 ffffffff8149c413 > [10663.822281] Call Trace: > [10663.822290] [<ffffffff814a2bb5>] ? dev_addr_init+0x75/0xb0 > [10663.822298] [<ffffffff8149c413>] dev_alloc_name+0x43/0x90 > [10663.822307] [<ffffffff814a85ee>] rtnl_create_link+0xbe/0x1b0 > [10663.822314] [<ffffffff814ab2aa>] rtnl_newlink+0x48a/0x570 > [10663.822321] [<ffffffff814aafcc>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x1ac/0x570 > [10663.822332] [<ffffffff81030064>] ? native_x2apic_icr_read+0x4/0x20 > [10663.822339] [<ffffffff814a8c17>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x177/0x290 > [10663.822346] [<ffffffff814a8aa0>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x0/0x290 > [10663.822354] [<ffffffff814c25d9>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa9/0xd0 > [10663.822360] [<ffffffff814a8a85>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x25/0x40 > [10663.822367] [<ffffffff814c223e>] netlink_unicast+0x2de/0x2f0 > [10663.822374] [<ffffffff814c303e>] netlink_sendmsg+0x1fe/0x2e0 > [10663.822383] [<ffffffff81488533>] sock_sendmsg+0xf3/0x120 > [10663.822391] [<ffffffff815899fe>] ? _raw_spin_lock+0xe/0x20 > [10663.822400] [<ffffffff81168656>] ? __d_lookup+0x136/0x150 > [10663.822406] [<ffffffff815899fe>] ? _raw_spin_lock+0xe/0x20 > [10663.822414] [<ffffffff812b7a0d>] ? _atomic_dec_and_lock+0x4d/0x80 > [10663.822422] [<ffffffff8116ea90>] ? mntput_no_expire+0x30/0x110 > [10663.822429] [<ffffffff81486ff5>] ? move_addr_to_kernel+0x65/0x70 > [10663.822435] [<ffffffff81493308>] ? verify_iovec+0x88/0xe0 > [10663.822442] [<ffffffff81489020>] sys_sendmsg+0x240/0x3a0 > [10663.822450] [<ffffffff8111e2a9>] ? __do_fault+0x479/0x560 > [10663.822457] [<ffffffff815899fe>] ? _raw_spin_lock+0xe/0x20 > [10663.822465] [<ffffffff8116cf4a>] ? alloc_fd+0x10a/0x150 > [10663.822473] [<ffffffff8158d76e>] ? do_page_fault+0x15e/0x350 > [10663.822482] [<ffffffff8100a0f2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b > [10663.822487] Code: 90 48 8d 78 02 be 25 00 00 00 e8 92 1d e2 ff 48 85 c0 75 cf bf 20 00 00 00 e8 c3 b1 c6 ff 49 89 c7 b8 f4 ff ff ff 4d 85 ff 74 bd <4d> 8b 75 70 49 8d 45 70 48 89 45 b8 49 83 ee 58 eb 28 48 8d 55 > [10663.822618] RIP [<ffffffff8149c2fa>] __dev_alloc_name+0x9a/0x170 > [10663.822627] RSP <ffff88014aebf7b8> > [10663.822631] CR2: 000000000000006d > [10663.822636] ---[ end trace 3dfd6c3ad5327ca7 ]--- This bug was introduced in: commit 81adee47dfb608df3ad0b91d230fb3cef75f0060 Author: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Date: Sun Nov 8 00:53:51 2009 -0800 net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Where apparently I forgot to add error handling to the path where we create a new network device in a new network namespace, and pass in an invalid pid. Cc: stable@kernel.org Reported-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@bigswitch.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-29 14:57:22 +00:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
net: Allow to create links with given ifindex Currently the RTM_NEWLINK results in -EOPNOTSUPP if the ifinfomsg->ifi_index is not zero. I propose to allow requesting ifindices on link creation. This is required by the checkpoint-restore to correctly restore a net namespace (i.e. -- a container). Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-08-08 21:52:46 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Introduce generic rtnl_create_link(). This routine gets the parsed rtnl attributes and creates a new link with generic info (IFLA_LINKINFO policy). Its intention is to help the drivers, that need to create several links at once (like VETH). This is nothing but a copy-paste-ed part of rtnl_newlink() function that is responsible for creation of new device. Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-08 22:16:38 -07:00
net: Allow to create links with given ifindex Currently the RTM_NEWLINK results in -EOPNOTSUPP if the ifinfomsg->ifi_index is not zero. I propose to allow requesting ifindices on link creation. This is required by the checkpoint-restore to correctly restore a net namespace (i.e. -- a container). Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-08-08 21:52:46 +00:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: rtnl_link API simplification All drivers need to unregister their devices in the module unload function. While doing so they must hold the rtnl and atomically unregister the rtnl_link ops as well. This makes the rtnl_link_unregister function that takes the rtnl itself completely useless. Provide default newlink/dellink functions, make __rtnl_link_unregister and rtnl_link_unregister unregister all devices with matching rtnl_link_ops and change the existing users to take advantage of that. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-11 19:42:13 -07:00
rtnetlink: potential ERR_PTR dereference In the original code, if rtnl_create_link() returned an ERR_PTR then that would get passed to rtnl_configure_link() which dereferences it. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-21 23:53:27 +00:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
rtnetlink: potential ERR_PTR dereference In the original code, if rtnl_create_link() returned an ERR_PTR then that would get passed to rtnl_configure_link() which dereferences it. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-21 23:53:27 +00:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
rtnetlink: support specifying device flags on device creation commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100 Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup, rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well. Two examples: # add macvlan to eth0 # $ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff [ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever [ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0 [ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE [ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0 [PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084 [ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec # add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down # $ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000 RTNETLINK answers: Network is down <no events> Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:54 +00:00
net: Support specifying the network namespace upon device creation. There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace with a well known name. We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing logic into rtnl_link_get_net. In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base device source network namespace. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
2009-11-08 00:53:51 -08:00
[RTNETLINK]: Link creation API Add rtnetlink API for creating, changing and deleting software devices. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-06-13 12:03:51 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[PATCH] WE-20 for kernel 2.6.16 This is version 20 of the Wireless Extensions. This is the completion of the RtNetlink work I started early 2004, it enables the full Wireless Extension API over RtNetlink. Few comments on the patch : o totally driver transparent, no change in drivers needed. o iwevent were already RtNetlink based since they were created (around 2.5.7). This adds all the regular SET and GET requests over RtNetlink, using the exact same mechanism and data format as iwevents. o This is a Kconfig option, as currently most people have no need for it. Surprisingly, patch is actually small and well encapsulated. o Tested on SMP, attention as been paid to make it 64 bits clean. o Code do probably too many checks and could be further optimised, but better safe than sorry. o RtNetlink based version of the Wireless Tools available on my web page for people inclined to try out this stuff. I would also like to thank Alexey Kuznetsov for his helpful suggestions to make this patch better. Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2006-02-22 15:10:56 -08:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit sock->sk_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set() and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-26 02:26:21 +09:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Do precise netlink message allocations where possible Account for the netlink message header size directly in nlmsg_new() instead of relying on the caller calculate it correctly. Replaces error handling of message construction functions when constructing notifications with bug traps since a failure implies a bug in calculating the size of the skb. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-11-10 14:10:15 -08:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[PATCH] WE-20 for kernel 2.6.16 This is version 20 of the Wireless Extensions. This is the completion of the RtNetlink work I started early 2004, it enables the full Wireless Extension API over RtNetlink. Few comments on the patch : o totally driver transparent, no change in drivers needed. o iwevent were already RtNetlink based since they were created (around 2.5.7). This adds all the regular SET and GET requests over RtNetlink, using the exact same mechanism and data format as iwevents. o This is a Kconfig option, as currently most people have no need for it. Surprisingly, patch is actually small and well encapsulated. o Tested on SMP, attention as been paid to make it 64 bits clean. o Code do probably too many checks and could be further optimised, but better safe than sorry. o RtNetlink based version of the Wireless Tools available on my web page for people inclined to try out this stuff. I would also like to thank Alexey Kuznetsov for his helpful suggestions to make this patch better. Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2006-02-22 15:10:56 -08:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[RTNETLINK]: Possible dereference in net/core/rtnetlink.c another possible dereference spotted by coverity (#cid 1390). if the nlmsg_parse() call fails, we goto errout, where we call dev_put(), with dev still initialized to NULL. Signed-off-by: Eric Sesterhenn <snakebyte@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-09-26 23:26:38 -07:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
[PATCH] WE-20 for kernel 2.6.16 This is version 20 of the Wireless Extensions. This is the completion of the RtNetlink work I started early 2004, it enables the full Wireless Extension API over RtNetlink. Few comments on the patch : o totally driver transparent, no change in drivers needed. o iwevent were already RtNetlink based since they were created (around 2.5.7). This adds all the regular SET and GET requests over RtNetlink, using the exact same mechanism and data format as iwevents. o This is a Kconfig option, as currently most people have no need for it. Surprisingly, patch is actually small and well encapsulated. o Tested on SMP, attention as been paid to make it 64 bits clean. o Code do probably too many checks and could be further optimised, but better safe than sorry. o RtNetlink based version of the Wireless Tools available on my web page for people inclined to try out this stuff. I would also like to thank Alexey Kuznetsov for his helpful suggestions to make this patch better. Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2006-02-22 15:10:56 -08:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
[PATCH] WE-20 for kernel 2.6.16 This is version 20 of the Wireless Extensions. This is the completion of the RtNetlink work I started early 2004, it enables the full Wireless Extension API over RtNetlink. Few comments on the patch : o totally driver transparent, no change in drivers needed. o iwevent were already RtNetlink based since they were created (around 2.5.7). This adds all the regular SET and GET requests over RtNetlink, using the exact same mechanism and data format as iwevents. o This is a Kconfig option, as currently most people have no need for it. Surprisingly, patch is actually small and well encapsulated. o Tested on SMP, attention as been paid to make it 64 bits clean. o Code do probably too many checks and could be further optimised, but better safe than sorry. o RtNetlink based version of the Wireless Tools available on my web page for people inclined to try out this stuff. I would also like to thank Alexey Kuznetsov for his helpful suggestions to make this patch better. Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2006-02-22 15:10:56 -08:00
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-07 20:12:54 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[NETLINK]: Don't BUG on undersized allocations Currently netlink users BUG when the allocated skb for an event notification is undersized. While this is certainly a kernel bug, its not critical and crashing the kernel is too drastic, especially when considering that these errors have appeared multiple times in the past and it BUGs even if no listeners are present. This patch replaces BUG by WARN_ON and changes the notification functions to inform potential listeners of undersized allocations using a unique error code (EMSGSIZE). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-01-31 23:16:40 -08:00
rtnetlink: rtnl_setlink() and rtnl_getlink() changes rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use __dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name, not only by its index. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-10-21 10:59:31 +00:00
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-07 20:12:54 +00:00
[NET]: Convert link dumping to new netlink api Transforms netlink code to dump link tables to use the new netlink api. Makes rtnl_getlink() available regardless of the availability of the wireless extensions. Adding copy_rtnl_link_stats() avoids the structural dependency of struct rtnl_link_stats on struct net_device_stats and thus avoids troubles later on. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-04 23:05:34 -07:00
[PATCH] WE-20 for kernel 2.6.16 This is version 20 of the Wireless Extensions. This is the completion of the RtNetlink work I started early 2004, it enables the full Wireless Extension API over RtNetlink. Few comments on the patch : o totally driver transparent, no change in drivers needed. o iwevent were already RtNetlink based since they were created (around 2.5.7). This adds all the regular SET and GET requests over RtNetlink, using the exact same mechanism and data format as iwevents. o This is a Kconfig option, as currently most people have no need for it. Surprisingly, patch is actually small and well encapsulated. o Tested on SMP, attention as been paid to make it 64 bits clean. o Code do probably too many checks and could be further optimised, but better safe than sorry. o RtNetlink based version of the Wireless Tools available on my web page for people inclined to try out this stuff. I would also like to thank Alexey Kuznetsov for his helpful suggestions to make this patch better. Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2006-02-22 15:10:56 -08:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: fix rtnl_calcit() and rtnl_dump_ifinfo() nlmsg_parse() might return an error, so test its return value before potential random memory accesses. Errors introduced in commit 115c9b81928 (rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-03-04 12:32:10 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[NETLINK]: Possible cleanups. - make the following needlessly global variables static: - core/rtnetlink.c: struct rtnl_msg_handlers[] - netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto.c: struct nf_ct_protos[] - make the following needlessly global functions static: - core/rtnetlink.c: rtnl_dump_all() - netlink/af_netlink.c: netlink_queue_skip() Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-04-26 00:57:41 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families Decouple rtnetlink address families from real address families in socket.h to be able to add rtnetlink interfaces to code that is not a real address family without increasing AF_MAX/NPROTO. This will be used to add support for multicast route dumping from all tables as the proc interface can't be extended to support anything but the main table without breaking compatibility. This partialy undoes the patch to introduce independant families for routing rules and converts ipmr routing rules to a new rtnetlink family. Similar to that patch, values up to 127 are reserved for real address families, values above that may be used arbitrarily. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
2010-04-26 16:02:05 +02:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: cleanup unsigned to unsigned int Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 05:58:06 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit net_device->nd_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-net_device inlines: dev_net(), dev_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-25 21:47:49 +09:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET] link: Convert notifications to use rtnl_notify() Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:37:09 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[NET] link: Convert notifications to use rtnl_notify() Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:37:09 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
[NETLINK]: Don't BUG on undersized allocations Currently netlink users BUG when the allocated skb for an event notification is undersized. While this is certainly a kernel bug, its not critical and crashing the kernel is too drastic, especially when considering that these errors have appeared multiple times in the past and it BUGs even if no listeners are present. This patch replaces BUG by WARN_ON and changes the notification functions to inform potential listeners of undersized allocations using a unique error code (EMSGSIZE). Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-01-31 23:16:40 -08:00
netlink: change nlmsg_notify() return value logic This patch changes the return value of nlmsg_notify() as follows: If NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR is set by any of the listeners and an error in the delivery happened, return the broadcast error; else if there are no listeners apart from the socket that requested a change with the echo flag, return the result of the unicast notification. Thus, with this patch, the unicast notification is handled in the same way of a broadcast listener that has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket flag. This patch is useful in case that the caller of nlmsg_notify() wants to know the result of the delivery of a netlink notification (including the broadcast delivery) and take any action in case that the delivery failed. For example, ctnetlink can drop packets if the event delivery failed to provide reliable logging and state-synchronization at the cost of dropping packets. This patch also modifies the rtnetlink code to ignore the return value of rtnl_notify() in all callers. The function rtnl_notify() (before this patch) returned the error of the unicast notification which makes rtnl_set_sk_err() reports errors to all listeners. This is not of any help since the origin of the change (the socket that requested the echoing) notices the ENOBUFS error if the notification fails and should resync itself. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-02-24 23:18:28 -08:00
[NET] link: Convert notifications to use rtnl_notify() Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-08-15 00:37:09 -07:00
[NET]: Make the netlink methods in rtnetlink handle multiple network namespaces After the previous prep work this just consists of removing checks limiting the code to work in the initial network namespace, and updating rtmsg_ifinfo so we can generate events for devices in something other then the initial network namespace. Referring to network other network devices like the IFLA_LINK and IFLA_MASTER attributes do, gets interesting if those network devices happen to be in other network namespaces. Currently ifindex numbers are allocated globally so I have taken the path of least resistance and not still report the information even though the devices they are talking about are invisible. If applications start getting confused or when ifindex numbers become local to the network namespace we may need to do something different in the future. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openz.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:27:40 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: add fdb generic dump routine This adds a generic dump routine drivers can call. It should be sufficient to handle any bridging model that uses the unicast address list. This should be most SR-IOV enabled NICs. v2: return error on nlmsg_put and use -EMSGSIZE instead of -ENOMEM this is inline other usages Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:08 +00:00
net: rtnetlink notify events for FDB NTF_SELF adds and deletes It is useful to be able to monitor for FDB events in user space. This patch adds support to generate netlink events when a change is made to a device supporting the FDB ops. This brings embedded switches inline with the SW net/bridge which triggers events on FDB updates as well. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:14 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
netlink: add attributes to fdb interface Later changes need to be able to refer to neighbour attributes when doing fdb_add. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-10-01 12:32:33 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
netlink: add attributes to fdb interface Later changes need to be able to refer to neighbour attributes when doing fdb_add. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-10-01 12:32:33 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
net: rtnetlink notify events for FDB NTF_SELF adds and deletes It is useful to be able to monitor for FDB events in user space. This patch adds support to generate netlink events when a change is made to a device supporting the FDB ops. This brings embedded switches inline with the SW net/bridge which triggers events on FDB updates as well. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:14 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
net: rtnetlink notify events for FDB NTF_SELF adds and deletes It is useful to be able to monitor for FDB events in user space. This patch adds support to generate netlink events when a change is made to a device supporting the FDB ops. This brings embedded switches inline with the SW net/bridge which triggers events on FDB updates as well. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:14 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
net: rtnetlink notify events for FDB NTF_SELF adds and deletes It is useful to be able to monitor for FDB events in user space. This patch adds support to generate netlink events when a change is made to a device supporting the FDB ops. This brings embedded switches inline with the SW net/bridge which triggers events on FDB updates as well. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:14 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
net: rtnetlink notify events for FDB NTF_SELF adds and deletes It is useful to be able to monitor for FDB events in user space. This patch adds support to generate netlink events when a change is made to a device supporting the FDB ops. This brings embedded switches inline with the SW net/bridge which triggers events on FDB updates as well. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:14 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
net: add fdb generic dump routine This adds a generic dump routine drivers can call. It should be sufficient to handle any bridging model that uses the unicast address list. This should be most SR-IOV enabled NICs. v2: return error on nlmsg_put and use -EMSGSIZE instead of -ENOMEM this is inline other usages Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:08 +00:00
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-07 20:12:54 +00:00
net: add fdb generic dump routine This adds a generic dump routine drivers can call. It should be sufficient to handle any bridging model that uses the unicast address list. This should be most SR-IOV enabled NICs. v2: return error on nlmsg_put and use -EMSGSIZE instead of -ENOMEM this is inline other usages Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:08 +00:00
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-07 20:12:54 +00:00
net: add fdb generic dump routine This adds a generic dump routine drivers can call. It should be sufficient to handle any bridging model that uses the unicast address list. This should be most SR-IOV enabled NICs. v2: return error on nlmsg_put and use -EMSGSIZE instead of -ENOMEM this is inline other usages Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:08 +00:00
netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid. I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to userspace to avoid changing the userspace API. I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-07 20:12:54 +00:00
net: add fdb generic dump routine This adds a generic dump routine drivers can call. It should be sufficient to handle any bridging model that uses the unicast address list. This should be most SR-IOV enabled NICs. v2: return error on nlmsg_put and use -EMSGSIZE instead of -ENOMEM this is inline other usages Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:08 +00:00
net: Fix (nearly-)kernel-doc comments for various functions Fix incorrect start markers, wrapped summary lines, missing section breaks, incorrect separators, and some name mismatches. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-07-10 10:55:09 +00:00
net: add fdb generic dump routine This adds a generic dump routine drivers can call. It should be sufficient to handle any bridging model that uses the unicast address list. This should be most SR-IOV enabled NICs. v2: return error on nlmsg_put and use -EMSGSIZE instead of -ENOMEM this is inline other usages Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:44:08 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Remove error pointer from netlink message handler The error pointer argument in netlink message handlers is used to signal the special case where processing has to be interrupted because a dump was started but no error happened. Instead it is simpler and more clear to return -EINTR and have netlink_run_queue() deal with getting the queue right. nfnetlink passed on this error pointer to its subsystem handlers but only uses it to signal the start of a netlink dump. Therefore it can be removed there as well. This patch also cleans up the error handling in the affected message handlers to be consistent since it had to be touched anyway. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 23:30:12 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET] NETNS: Omit sock->sk_net without CONFIG_NET_NS. Introduce per-sock inlines: sock_net(), sock_net_set() and per-inet_timewait_sock inlines: twsk_net(), twsk_net_set(). Without CONFIG_NET_NS, no namespace other than &init_net exists. Let's explicitly define them to help compiler optimizations. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
2008-03-26 02:26:21 +09:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks Commit e67f88dd12f6 (dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks) missed fact that rtnl_fill_ifinfo() must be called with rtnl held. Because of possible deadlocks between two mutexes (cb_mutex and rtnl), its not easy to solve this problem, so revert this part of the patch. It also forgot one rcu_read_unlock() in FIB dump_rules() Add one ASSERT_RTNL() in rtnl_fill_ifinfo() to remind us the rule. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-25 07:34:04 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNL]: Improve error codes for unsupported operations The most common trigger of these errors is that the config option hasn't been enable wich would make the functionality available. Therefore returning EOPNOTSUPP gives a better idea on what is going wrong. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-04-05 14:35:52 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
security: remove the security_netlink_recv hook as it is equivalent to capable() Once upon a time netlink was not sync and we had to get the effective capabilities from the skb that was being received. Today we instead get the capabilities from the current task. This has rendered the entire purpose of the hook moot as it is now functionally equivalent to the capable() call. Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
2012-01-03 12:25:16 -05:00
[NETLINK]: Remove error pointer from netlink message handler The error pointer argument in netlink message handlers is used to signal the special case where processing has to be interrupted because a dump was started but no error happened. Instead it is simpler and more clear to return -EINTR and have netlink_run_queue() deal with getting the queue right. nfnetlink passed on this error pointer to its subsystem handlers but only uses it to signal the start of a netlink dump. Therefore it can be removed there as well. This patch also cleans up the error handling in the affected message handlers to be consistent since it had to be touched anyway. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 23:30:12 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
Revert "netlink: test for all flags of the NLM_F_DUMP composite" This reverts commit 0ab03c2b1478f2438d2c80204f7fef65b1bca9cf. It breaks several things including the avahi daemon. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-18 12:40:38 -08:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
[RTNL]: Improve error codes for unsupported operations The most common trigger of these errors is that the config option hasn't been enable wich would make the functionality available. Therefore returning EOPNOTSUPP gives a better idea on what is going wrong. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-04-05 14:35:52 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
rtnetlink: Fix problem with buffer allocation Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application. At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information about the VFs belonging to the interface. This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions. Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel. Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE. With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible in the future. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-21 16:54:48 -05:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks Commit e67f88dd12f6 (dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks) missed fact that rtnl_fill_ifinfo() must be called with rtnl held. Because of possible deadlocks between two mutexes (cb_mutex and rtnl), its not easy to solve this problem, so revert this part of the patch. It also forgot one rcu_read_unlock() in FIB dump_rules() Add one ASSERT_RTNL() in rtnl_fill_ifinfo() to remind us the rule. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-25 07:34:04 +00:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
netlink: add netlink_dump_control structure for netlink_dump_start() Davem considers that the argument list of this interface is getting out of control. This patch tries to address this issue following his proposal: struct netlink_dump_control c = { .dump = dump, .done = done, ... }; netlink_dump_start(..., &c); Suggested by David S. Miller. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-02-24 14:30:15 +00:00
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks Commit e67f88dd12f6 (dont hold rtnl mutex during netlink dump callbacks) missed fact that rtnl_fill_ifinfo() must be called with rtnl held. Because of possible deadlocks between two mutexes (cb_mutex and rtnl), its not easy to solve this problem, so revert this part of the patch. It also forgot one rcu_read_unlock() in FIB dump_rules() Add one ASSERT_RTNL() in rtnl_fill_ifinfo() to remind us the rule. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-25 07:34:04 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Remove error pointer from netlink message handler The error pointer argument in netlink message handlers is used to signal the special case where processing has to be interrupted because a dump was started but no error happened. Instead it is simpler and more clear to return -EINTR and have netlink_run_queue() deal with getting the queue right. nfnetlink passed on this error pointer to its subsystem handlers but only uses it to signal the start of a netlink dump. Therefore it can be removed there as well. This patch also cleans up the error handling in the affected message handlers to be consistent since it had to be touched anyway. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 23:30:12 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: Cleanups Pure cleanups patch Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-07 01:26:17 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: cleanup unsigned to unsigned int Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 05:58:06 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Remove error pointer from netlink message handler The error pointer argument in netlink message handlers is used to signal the special case where processing has to be interrupted because a dump was started but no error happened. Instead it is simpler and more clear to return -EINTR and have netlink_run_queue() deal with getting the queue right. nfnetlink passed on this error pointer to its subsystem handlers but only uses it to signal the start of a netlink dump. Therefore it can be removed there as well. This patch also cleans up the error handling in the affected message handlers to be consistent since it had to be touched anyway. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 23:30:12 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[RTNL]: Message handler registration interface This patch adds a new interface to register rtnetlink message handlers replacing the exported rtnl_links[] array which required many message handlers to be exported unnecessarly. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:48:11 -07:00
[RTNL]: Improve error codes for unsupported operations The most common trigger of these errors is that the config option hasn't been enable wich would make the functionality available. Therefore returning EOPNOTSUPP gives a better idea on what is going wrong. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-04-05 14:35:52 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NETLINK]: Remove error pointer from netlink message handler The error pointer argument in netlink message handlers is used to signal the special case where processing has to be interrupted because a dump was started but no error happened. Instead it is simpler and more clear to return -EINTR and have netlink_run_queue() deal with getting the queue right. nfnetlink passed on this error pointer to its subsystem handlers but only uses it to signal the start of a netlink dump. Therefore it can be removed there as well. This patch also cleans up the error handling in the affected message handlers to be consistent since it had to be touched anyway. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 23:30:12 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: make netlink user -> kernel interface synchronious This patch make processing netlink user -> kernel messages synchronious. This change was inspired by the talk with Alexey Kuznetsov about current netlink messages processing. He says that he was badly wrong when introduced asynchronious user -> kernel communication. The call netlink_unicast is the only path to send message to the kernel netlink socket. But, unfortunately, it is also used to send data to the user. Before this change the user message has been attached to the socket queue and sk->sk_data_ready was called. The process has been blocked until all pending messages were processed. The bad thing is that this processing may occur in the arbitrary process context. This patch changes nlk->data_ready callback to get 1 skb and force packet processing right in the netlink_unicast. Kernel -> user path in netlink_unicast remains untouched. EINTR processing for in netlink_run_queue was changed. It forces rtnl_lock drop, but the process remains in the cycle until the message will be fully processed. So, there is no need to use this kludges now. Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-10 21:15:29 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: make netlink user -> kernel interface synchronious This patch make processing netlink user -> kernel messages synchronious. This change was inspired by the talk with Alexey Kuznetsov about current netlink messages processing. He says that he was badly wrong when introduced asynchronious user -> kernel communication. The call netlink_unicast is the only path to send message to the kernel netlink socket. But, unfortunately, it is also used to send data to the user. Before this change the user message has been attached to the socket queue and sk->sk_data_ready was called. The process has been blocked until all pending messages were processed. The bad thing is that this processing may occur in the arbitrary process context. This patch changes nlk->data_ready callback to get 1 skb and force packet processing right in the netlink_unicast. Kernel -> user path in netlink_unicast remains untouched. EINTR processing for in netlink_run_queue was changed. It forces rtnl_lock drop, but the process remains in the cycle until the message will be fully processed. So, there is no need to use this kludges now. Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-10 21:15:29 -07:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Make device event notification network namespace safe Every user of the network device notifiers is either a protocol stack or a pseudo device. If a protocol stack that does not have support for multiple network namespaces receives an event for a device that is not in the initial network namespace it quite possibly can get confused and do the wrong thing. To avoid problems until all of the protocol stacks are converted this patch modifies all netdev event handlers to ignore events on devices that are not in the initial network namespace. As the rest of the code is made network namespace aware these checks can be removed. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-12 13:02:17 +02:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_PRE_UP notifier in rtnetlink_event() Commit 3b8bcfd (net: introduce pre-up netdev notifier) added a new notifier which is run before a device is set UP for use by cfg80211. The patch missed to add the new notifier to the ignore list in rtnetlink_event(), so we currently get an unnecessary netlink notification before a device is set UP. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:50 +00:00
net: Fix userspace RTM_NEWLINK notifications. I received some bug reports about userspace programs having problems because after RTM_NEWLINK was received they could not immediate access files under /proc/sys/net/ because they had not been registered yet. The original problem was trivially fixed by moving the userspace notification from rtnetlink_event() to the end of register_netdevice(). When testing that change I discovered I was still getting RTM_NEWLINK events before I could access proc and I was also getting RTM_NEWLINK events after I was seeing RTM_DELLINK. Things practically guaranteed to confuse userspace. After a little more investigation these extra notifications proved to be from the new notifiers NETDEV_POST_INIT and NETDEV_UNREGISTER_BATCH hitting the default case in rtnetlink_event, and triggering unnecessary RTM_NEWLINK messages. rtnetlink_event now explicitly handles NETDEV_UNREGISTER_BATCH and NETDEV_POST_INIT to avoid sending the incorrect userspace notifications. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-12-12 22:11:15 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
net: rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_PRE_TYPE_CHANGE in rtnetlink_event() Ignore the new NETDEV_PRE_TYPE_CHANGE event in rtnetlink_event() since there have been no changes userspace needs to be notified of. Also add a comment to the netdev notifier event definitions to remind people to update the exclusion list when adding new event types. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-19 04:42:24 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
rtnetlink: handle rtnl_link netlink notifications manually In order to support specifying device flags during device creation, we must be able to roll back device registration in case setting the flags fails without sending any notifications related to the device to userspace. This patch changes rollback_registered_many() and register_netdevice() to manually send netlink notifications for devices not handled by rtnl_link and allows to defer notifications for devices handled by rtnl_link until setup is complete. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-02-26 06:34:51 +00:00
net: remove delay at device dismantle I noticed extra one second delay in device dismantle, tracked down to a call to dst_dev_event() while some call_rcu() are still in RCU queues. These call_rcu() were posted by rt_free(struct rtable *rt) calls. We then wait a little (but one second) in netdev_wait_allrefs() before kicking again NETDEV_UNREGISTER. As the call_rcu() are now completed, dst_dev_event() can do the needed device swap on busy dst. To solve this problem, add a new NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL, called after a rcu_barrier(), but outside of RTNL lock. Use NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL with care ! Change dst_dev_event() handler to react to NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL Also remove NETDEV_UNREGISTER_BATCH, as its not used anymore after IP cache removal. With help from Gao feng Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Cc: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com> Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-08-22 17:19:46 +00:00
rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_RELEASE and NETDEV_JOIN event These two events are not expected to be caught by userspace. Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-19 23:06:32 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
net: spread __net_init, __net_exit __net_init/__net_exit are apparently not going away, so use them to full extent. In some cases __net_init was removed, because it was called from __net_exit code. Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-01-17 03:35:32 +00:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
netlink: add netlink_kernel_cfg parameter to netlink_kernel_create This patch adds the following structure: struct netlink_kernel_cfg { unsigned int groups; void (*input)(struct sk_buff *skb); struct mutex *cb_mutex; }; That can be passed to netlink_kernel_create to set optional configurations for netlink kernel sockets. I've populated this structure by looking for NULL and zero parameters at the existing code. The remaining parameters that always need to be set are still left in the original interface. That includes optional parameters for the netlink socket creation. This allows easy extensibility of this interface in the future. This patch also adapts all callers to use this new interface. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-29 06:15:21 +00:00
netlink: kill netlink_set_nonroot Replace netlink_set_nonroot by one new field `flags' in struct netlink_kernel_cfg that is passed to netlink_kernel_create. This patch also renames NL_NONROOT_* to NL_CFG_F_NONROOT_* since now the flags field in nl_table is generic (so we can add more flags if needed in the future). Also adjust all callers in the net-next tree to use these flags instead of netlink_set_nonroot. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-08 02:53:53 +00:00
netlink: add netlink_kernel_cfg parameter to netlink_kernel_create This patch adds the following structure: struct netlink_kernel_cfg { unsigned int groups; void (*input)(struct sk_buff *skb); struct mutex *cb_mutex; }; That can be passed to netlink_kernel_create to set optional configurations for netlink kernel sockets. I've populated this structure by looking for NULL and zero parameters at the existing code. The remaining parameters that always need to be set are still left in the original interface. That includes optional parameters for the netlink socket creation. This allows easy extensibility of this interface in the future. This patch also adapts all callers to use this new interface. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-29 06:15:21 +00:00
netlink: hide struct module parameter in netlink_kernel_create This patch defines netlink_kernel_create as a wrapper function of __netlink_kernel_create to hide the struct module *me parameter (which seems to be THIS_MODULE in all existing netlink subsystems). Suggested by David S. Miller. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-08 02:53:54 +00:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
net: spread __net_init, __net_exit __net_init/__net_exit are apparently not going away, so use them to full extent. In some cases __net_init was removed, because it was called from __net_exit code. Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-01-17 03:35:32 +00:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
[NETNS]: Namespace stop vs 'ip r l' race. During network namespace stop process kernel side netlink sockets belonging to a namespace should be closed. They should not prevent namespace to stop, so they do not increment namespace usage counter. Though this counter will be put during last sock_put. The raplacement of the correct netns for init_ns solves the problem only partial as socket to be stoped until proper stop is a valid netlink kernel socket and can be looked up by the user processes. This is not a problem until it resides in initial namespace (no processes inside this net), but this is not true for init_net. So, hold the referrence for a socket, remove it from lookup tables and only after that change namespace and perform a last put. Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Tested-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-01-18 23:55:19 -08:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET]: Make rtnetlink infrastructure network namespace aware (v3) After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure now handles multiple network namespaces. Changes from v2: - IPv6 addrlabel processing Changes from v1: - no need for special rtnl_unlock handling - fixed IPv6 ndisc Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org> Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-19 22:26:51 -08:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00
[NET] link: Use rtnl registration interface Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:49:22 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
[RTNL]: Use rtnl registration interface for dump-all aliases Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-03-22 11:59:42 -07:00
rtnetlink: Compute and store minimum ifinfo dump size The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately 40 VFs were created per interface. Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate enough data to satisfy the request. Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
2011-06-10 01:27:09 +00:00
net: add generic PF_BRIDGE:RTM_ FDB hooks This adds two new flags NTF_MASTER and NTF_SELF that can now be used to specify where PF_BRIDGE netlink commands should be sent. NTF_MASTER sends the commands to the 'dev->master' device for parsing. Typically this will be the linux net/bridge, or open-vswitch devices. Also without any flags set the command will be handled by the master device as well so that current user space tools continue to work as expected. The NTF_SELF flag will push the PF_BRIDGE commands to the device. In the basic example below the commands are then parsed and programmed in the embedded bridge. Note if both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER bits are set then the command will be sent to both 'dev->master' and 'dev' this allows user space to easily keep the embedded bridge and software bridge in sync. There is a slight complication in the case with both flags set when an error occurs. To resolve this the rtnl handler clears the NTF_ flag in the netlink ack to indicate which sets completed successfully. The add/del handlers will abort as soon as any error occurs. To support this new net device ops were added to call into the device and the existing bridging code was refactored to use these. There should be no required changes in user space to support the current bridge behavior. A basic setup with a SR-IOV enabled NIC looks like this, veth0 veth2 | | ------------ | bridge0 | <---- software bridging ------------ / / ethx.y ethx VF PF \ \ <---- propagate FDB entries to HW \ \ -------------------- | Embedded Bridge | <---- hardware offloaded switching -------------------- In this case the embedded bridge must be managed to allow 'veth0' to communicate with 'ethx.y' correctly. At present drivers managing the embedded bridge either send frames onto the network which then get dropped by the switch OR the embedded bridge will flood these frames. With this patch we have a mechanism to manage the embedded bridge correctly from user space. This example is specific to SR-IOV but replacing the VF with another PF or dropping this into the DSA framework generates similar management issues. Examples session using the 'br'[1] tool to add, dump and then delete a mac address with a new "embedded" option and enabled ixgbe driver: # br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 dev eth3 # br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static #br fdb add 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 #br fdb port mac addr flags veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:58 static veth0 9a:5f:81:f7:f6:ec local eth3 00:1b:21:55:23:59 local eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 static veth0 22:35:19:ac:60:57 static eth3 22:35:19:ac:60:59 local embedded #br fdb del 22:35:19:ac:60:59 embedded dev eth3 I added a couple lines to 'br' to set the flags correctly is all. It is my opinion that the merit of this patch is now embedded and SW bridges can both be modeled correctly in user space using very nearly the same message passing. [1] 'br' tool was published as an RFC here and will be renamed 'bridge' http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/117664/ Thanks to Jamal Hadi Salim, Stephen Hemminger and Ben Hutchings for valuable feedback, suggestions, and review. v2: fixed api descriptions and error case with both NTF_SELF and NTF_MASTER set plus updated patch description. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-15 06:43:56 +00:00
Linux-2.6.12-rc2 Initial git repository build. I'm not bothering with the full history, even though we have it. We can create a separate "historical" git archive of that later if we want to, and in the meantime it's about 3.2GB when imported into git - space that would just make the early git days unnecessarily complicated, when we don't have a lot of good infrastructure for it. Let it rip!
2005-04-16 15:20:36 -07:00